libpng.3 258.2 KB
Newer Older
1
.TH LIBPNG 3 "February 22, 2013"
2
.SH NAME
3
libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.6.1beta03
4
.SH SYNOPSIS
5 6
\fB
#include <png.h>\fP
7

8 9
\fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number \fI(void\fP\fB);\fP

10 11
\fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

12 13 14 15
\fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

16 17
\fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
\fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

30
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
31

32
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
33

34
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
35

36 37 38
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask)\fP\fB);\fP
39 40 41 42 43 44 45

\fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

46 47
\fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

48 49 50 51
\fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP

52 53
\fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

54
\fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
55

56
\fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP
57

58
\fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
59

60
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP
61

62
\fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
63

64
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
65

66
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
67

68
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
69

70 71 72 73
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

74
\fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
75

76
\fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
77

78
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
79

80
\fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
81

82
\fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
83

84 85 86 87
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

88
\fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
89

90
\fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
91

92
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
93

94
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
95

96
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
97

98
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
99

100
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP
101

102
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP
103

104 105
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP

106
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
107

108
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
109

110 111
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

112
\fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
113

114
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
115

116
\fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
117

118
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
119

120
\fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
121

122
\fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
123

124
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
125

126
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP
127

128
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
129

130
\fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
131

132
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
133

134
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
135

136
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
137

138
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
139

140
\fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
141

142
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP
143

144
\fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
145 146 147

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

148
\fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
149

150
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
151

152
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
153

154
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
155

156
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
157

158
\fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
159

160
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
161

162
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
163

164
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP
165

166
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP
167

168
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP
169

170
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
171

172 173
\fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

174
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
175

176
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
177

178 179
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

180
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP
181

182
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
183

184
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
185

186
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
187

188
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
189

190
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP
191

192
\fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
193

194
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
195

196
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
197

198
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
199

200
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
201

202
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
203

204
\fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
205

206
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
207

208
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
209

210
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
211

212
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
213

214
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
215

216 217
\fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP

218 219 220 221 222 223
\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fI*file_name\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE* \fIfile\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint, png_image_begin_read_from_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_const_voidp \fP\fImemory\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

224
\fBint png_image_finish_read (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIbackground\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
225 226 227

\fBvoid png_image_free (png_imagep \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

228
\fBint png_image_write_to_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
229

230
\fBint png_image_write_to_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP
231

232 233
\fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP

234
\fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP
235

236 237
\fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP

238
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
239

240 241 242 243 244
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP
245

246
\fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP
247

248 249 250 251
\fBpng_size_t png_process_data_pause \fP\fI(png_structp\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip \fI(png_structp\fP\fB);\fP

252
\fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP
253

254
\fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
255

256
\fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
257

258
\fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
259

260
\fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
261

262
\fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP
263

264
\fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
265

266
\fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
267

268 269 270
\fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
271

272 273 274 275
\fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

276 277 278 279 280 281
\fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

282
\fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
283

284 285
\fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

286 287
\fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

288
\fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
289

290
\fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP
291

292 293
\fBvoid png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

294
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
295

296 297
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP

298
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
299 300 301

\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

302 303
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

304
\fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
305

306
\fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
307

308
\fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
309

310
\fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
311

312
\fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
313

314
\fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP
315

316
\fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP
317

318
\fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
319

320
\fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
321

322
\fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
323

324
\fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
325

326
\fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP
327

328
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
329

330 331
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP

332
\fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP
333

334
\fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
335

336 337 338 339
\fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

340 341
\fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

342
\fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
343

344
\fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
345

346
\fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP
347

348
\fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP
349

350
\fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
351

352 353
\fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP

354
\fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
355

356
\fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
357

358
\fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP
359

360
\fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP
361

362 363
\fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP

364 365
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

366 367 368
\fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
369

370
\fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
371

372
\fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
373

374
\fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
375

376
\fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
377

378
\fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
379

380
\fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
381

382
\fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP
383

384
\fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP
385

386 387
\fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP

388
\fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP
389

390
\fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
391

392 393
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP

394
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
395

396 397
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP

398
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
399

400 401
\fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP

402 403
\fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP

404 405 406 407
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

408 409 410 411
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

412 413 414 415
\fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP

416
\fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP
417

418
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
419

420
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
421 422 423 424 425

\fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

426 427
\fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP

428 429 430 431 432 433
\fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP

434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid \fP\fIpng_set_text_compression_method\fP\fB, (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod)\fP\fB);\fP

444 445
\fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP

446
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP
447

448
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
449

450 451
\fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP

452
\fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
453

454 455
\fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP

456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485
\fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, png_size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, png_size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

486 487
\fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

488
\fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
489

490 491 492 493
\fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP

494 495
\fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

496 497 498 499 500 501 502
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.I libpng
library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of
the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files.  It uses the
.IR zlib(3)
compression library.
503
Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng.
504
.SH LIBPNG.TXT
505
libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
506

507
 libpng version 1.6.1beta03 - February 22, 2013
508
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
509
 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
510
 Copyright (c) 1998-2013 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
511

512
 This document is released under the libpng license.
513
 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
514
 and license in png.h
515

516 517
 Based on:

518
 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.1beta03 - February 22, 2013
519
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
520
 Copyright (c) 1998-2013 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
521

522
 libpng 1.0 beta 6  version 0.96 May 28, 1997
523
 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
524 525
 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger

526
 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88  January 26, 1996
527 528
 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
529
 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
530 531

 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
532 533
 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
534

535 536 537 538 539 540
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

    I. Introduction
   II. Structures
  III. Reading
   IV. Writing
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552
    V. Simplified API
   VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
  VII. MNG support
 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
   IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
    X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
   XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
  XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
 XIII. Detecting libpng
  XIV. Source code repository
   XV. Coding style
  XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
553

554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561
.SH I. Introduction

This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
(known as libpng) for your own use.  There are five sections to this
file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and
configuration notes for various special platforms.  In addition to this
file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
562 563
will need.  We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng.
564

565
For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
566 567
and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
the libpng distribution.
568

569 570
Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
571 572
file format in application programs.

573
The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
574
a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
575 576 577 578
<http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.

The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
579 580
<http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.  It is technically equivalent
to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
581 582

The PNG-1.0 specification is available
583
as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a
584 585 586
W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>.

Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
587
documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.
588 589

Other information
590
about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
591
page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607

Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
users may want to modify it more.  All attempts were made to make it as
complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
Currently, this library only supports C.  Support for other languages
is being considered.

Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
to use.  The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
the PNG file format in whatever way possible.  While there is still
work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
majority of the needs of its users.

Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
608
Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
609
be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>.
610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619
The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
find the libpng source files.

Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
instances of the structures.  Each thread should have its own
png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
620
same instance of a structure.
621 622 623 624

.SH II. Structures

There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
625 626
and png_info.  Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
627 628 629 630 631

The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
PNG file.  At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
directly accessible to the user.  However, this tended to cause problems
with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
632
a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
633 634
functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
deprecated..
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642

The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
single image.  As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.

Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
to png_info as the second argument.  Some application visible macros
defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
643 644 645 646 647 648 649
integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
function.

You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
650 651 652 653 654 655

The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:

#include <png.h>

656 657 658 659
and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:

#include <zlib.h>

660 661 662 663 664 665 666
.SS Types

The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
APIs.  Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.

One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled.  For application
667 668
convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
669 670 671 672
the value by multiplying by 100,000.  As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
which is simply (png_int_32).

673
All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
674
takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments.  The fixed point
675
API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
676 677 678 679 680
The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474).  When APIs require
a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above.  Consult
the header file and the text below for more information.

681 682 683 684
Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
numbers.  See the comments in the header file.

685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692
.SS Configuration

The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
preprocessing directives of the form:

    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    declare-function
    #endif
693 694 695 696
    ...
    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    use-function
    #endif
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704

The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
standard build will have all implemented APIs.  Application programs
should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
portability.  From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
is always included by png.h.

705
If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736
the next section ("Reading").

Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h.  This means that these build
systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
support the default configuration.

The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
using (typically) CPPFLAGS.  For example:

CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC

will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
floating point support.  The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.

If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
form of 'option' settings.

A. Changing pnglibconf.h

A variety of methods exist to build libpng.  Not all of these support
reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h.  To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.

737 738 739 740 741
Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
that describes those features and their requirements.  This is easy to get
wrong.
742 743 744 745 746 747

B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA

Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available.  The configure build will
automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
748 749 750
The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
directory use this approach.
751

752
When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
753
DFA_XTRA to the name of this file.  This causes the build to append the new file
754 755
to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
of the following forms:
756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778

everything = off

This turns all optional features off.  Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
make it easier to build a minimal configuration.  You will need to turn at least
some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.

option feature on
option feature off

Enable or disable a single feature.  This will automatically enable other
features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
require a feature which is turned off.  Conflicting settings will cause an error
message to be emitted by awk.

setting feature default value

Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'.  There are a small
number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
source code.  Most of these values have performance implications for the library
but most of them have no visible effect on the API.  Some can also be overridden
from the API.

779 780 781 782
This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
contrib/pngminim/*.  See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
pngusr.dfa in these directories.

783 784 785 786
C. Configuration using PNG_USR_CONFIG

If -DPNG_USR_CONFIG is added to the CFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built the file
pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
787 788
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed.  Your pngusr.h file should contain only
macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818

Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
can be set using macros in pngusr.h:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

is equivalent to:

option feature on

#define PNG_NO_feature

is equivalent to:

option feature off

#define PNG_feature value

is equivalent to:

setting feature default value

Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa

If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
dependency information for each setting and option.  Simply locate the
feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.

819 820 821
This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
pngusr.h.

822 823 824
.SH III. Reading

We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
825 826 827 828 829 830 831
in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
of each one.  See example.c and png.h for more detail.  While
progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
file.

.SS Setup
832 833 834 835 836

You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo.  Of course, you
will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
file.  Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
837
To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
838 839 840 841
png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
prediction.
842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856

If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read()
with the number of bytes you read from the beginning.  Libpng will
then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.

(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
to replace them with custom functions.  See the discussion under
Customizing libpng.


    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
    if (!fp)
    {
857
       return (ERROR);
858
    }
859

860
    fread(header, 1, number, fp);
861
    is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
862

863 864
    if (!is_png)
    {
865
       return (NOT_PNG);
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876
    }


Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.  In
order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
allocate the structures.  We also pass the library version, optional
pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used).  See the section
on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
877 878
The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
create the structure, so your application should check for that.
879 880

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
881
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
882
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
883

884
    if (!png_ptr)
885
       return (ERROR);
886 887

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
888

889 890
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
891
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
892
           (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
893
       return (ERROR);
894 895
    }

896
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
897
use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
898 899 900
png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
901
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
902 903 904 905 906 907 908
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
handling and memory alloc/free functions.
909

910
When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
911
to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
912
your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you read the file from different
913
routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
914
a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
915 916

See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
917 918 919
information on setjmp/longjmp.  See the discussion on libpng error
handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
on the libpng error handling.  If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
920 921 922
back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
free any memory.

923
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
924
    {
925
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
926
           &end_info);
927 928
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
929 930
    }

931 932 933
Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
an end_info structure.

934
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
935
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
936 937
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

938 939 940 941
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957
Now you need to set up the input code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fread().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  If you wish to handle reading data in another
way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);

958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966
You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
reading compressed data with

    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);

where the default size is 8192 bytes.  Note that the buffer size
is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.

967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991
If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
the default, use

    png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);

The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
therein.  Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical
chunk.

Choices for (int) crit_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

Choices for (int) ancil_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2  warn/discard data
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

992 993 994 995 996
.SS Setting up callback code

You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
input stream. You must supply the function

997
    read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
998 999 1000
         png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
    {
       /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
1001 1002 1003
          chunk data, along with similar data for any other
          unknown chunks: */

1004 1005 1006
           png_byte name[5];
           png_byte *data;
           png_size_t size;
1007

1008 1009
       /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
          the CRC handling */
1010

1011 1012 1013
       /* put your code here.  Search for your chunk in the
          unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
          of the following: */
1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032

       return (-n); /* chunk had an error */
       return (0); /* did not recognize */
       return (n); /* success */
    }

(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
"read_chunk_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
        read_chunk_callback);

This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
you can retrieve with

    png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);

1033 1034 1035 1036 1037
If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need
one or more of them.  This behavior can be changed with the
png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below.

1038 1039 1040 1041 1042
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

1043 1044
    void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
       png_uint_32 row, int pass);
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
1054

1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

1068 1069 1070 1071 1072
.SS Unknown-chunk handling

Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read.  Normal
behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
1073 1074 1075
various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
chunk types. To change this, you can call:
1076

1077
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
1078
        chunk_list, num_chunks);
1079

1080 1081
    keep       - 0: default unknown chunk handling
                 1: ignore; do not keep
1082 1083
                 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
                 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
1084

1085 1086 1087 1088 1089
               You can use these definitions:
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT   0
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER        1
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE      2
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS       3
1090

1091 1092
    chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
                 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
1093 1094
                 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
                 numchunks <= 0).
1095

1096
    num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102
                 unknown chunks are affected.  If positive,
                 only the chunks in the list are affected,
                 and if negative all unknown chunks and
                 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
                 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
                 affected.
1103

1104 1105 1106 1107 1108
Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
list of png_unknown_chunk structures.  If a chunk that is normally
known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
according to the "keep" directive.  If a chunk is named in successive
instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
1109 1110
take precedence.  The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
1111 1112
If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
1113

1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136
Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
callback function:

    png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112,  65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      png_byte unused_chunks[]=
      {
        104,  73,  83,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* hIST */
        105,  84,  88, 116, (png_byte) '\0',   /* iTXt */
        112,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* pCAL */
        115,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sCAL */
        115,  80,  76,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sPLT */
        116,  73,  77,  69, (png_byte) '\0',   /* tIME */
      };
    #endif

    ...

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      /* ignore all unknown chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0);
1137

1138 1139
      /* except for vpAg: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
1140

1141 1142
      /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
1143
         (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
1144 1145
    #endif

1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152
.SS User limits

The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
Since very few applications really need to process such large images,
we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns.
Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
1153
you wish to change this limit, you can use
1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162

   png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);

to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL
to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images
anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).

You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
1163 1164 1165 1166

When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
png_write_info() or png_write_png().

1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181
If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use

   width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
   height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);

The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
allowed in a PNG datastream.  You can impose a limit on the total number
of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with

   png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);

where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited.  You can retrieve this limit with

   chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);

1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193
You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk
other than IDAT can occupy, with

   png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);

and you can retrieve the limit with

   chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);

Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
be ignored.

1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199
.SS Information about your system

If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.

1200
From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
1201 1202 1203 1204
header.  In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
exist.

1205
If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
1206 1207
as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
described in the appropriate manual page.
1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217

You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
value.  You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
case the required information is missing from the file.  By default libpng
assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:

   png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1/screen_gamma/*file gamma*/);

or you can use the fixed point equivalent:

1218 1219
   png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
      PNG_FP_1/screen_gamma);
1220

1221
If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227
approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB).  If images are
too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
documentation!

Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
1228
default.  As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
1229 1230
situations:

1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239
   PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
                     IEC 61966-2-1 standard.  This matches almost
                     all systems.
   PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
                     (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
                     the default settings.
   PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
                     that the system expects data with no gamma
                     encoding.
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252

You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
values further because this avoids the need to decode and reencode each
component value whenever arithmetic is performed.  A lot of graphics software
uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
to preserve overall accuracy.

The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
alpha channel information.  Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
channel.  To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.

Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
1253
see below).  Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
1254 1255
you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:

1256 1257 1258 1259 1260
   #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
      png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
   #else
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
   #endif
1261

1262 1263 1264
The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
how it affects the output depends on the mode.  png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
1265 1266 1267
png_set_gamma.  If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
by png_set_alpha_mode().
1268 1269 1270

The mode is as follows:

1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288
    PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG specification.  Red,
green and blue, or gray, components are gamma encoded color
values and are not premultiplied by the alpha value.  The
alpha value is a linear measure of the contribution of the
pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.

You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
unnecessarily complex.

Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
channel.  See the PNG specification for more detail.  It is
important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
be used!
1289 1290

The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
1291
that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
1292 1293
probably doesn't!)

1294 1295
    PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:  The data libpng produces
is encoded in the standard way
1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324
assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
alpha channel.

With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
it is broken - check out the modes below.

With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply.  The
screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.

If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
will override the linear encoding.  Instead the
pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
the alpha channel will still be linear.  This may
actually match the requirements of some broken software,
but it is unlikely.

While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
dynamic range.  To avoid problems, and if your software
supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
components to 16 bits.

1325 1326
    PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same
as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD except that
1327 1328 1329 1330 1331
completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
the screen_gamma value.  Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
will still have linear components.

Use this format if you have control over your
1332
compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345
(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng.  Your
compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
the output but still has linear values for the
non-opaque pixels.

In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.

You can also try this format if your software is broken;
it might look better.

1346 1347
    PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD;
however, all component values,
1348 1349
including the alpha channel are gamma encoded.  This is
an appropriate format to try if your software, or more
1350
likely hardware, is totally broken, i.e., if it performs
1351
linear arithmetic directly on gamma encoded values.
1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359

In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the final display
manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the image.  You may not
even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of the image may simply appear
separate from the background, as though it had been cut out of paper and pasted
on afterward.

If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
1360
them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
1361

1362 1363
   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
       screen_gamma);
1364

1365
You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
1366
support color correction internally).  When you handle the alpha channel
1367 1368 1369 1370
you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
       screen_gamma);
1371 1372
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

1373
If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380
instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.

With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
       screen_gamma);
1381

1382 1383 1384
You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output.  Since this
1385
mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
1386
software.
1387 1388

If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
1389 1390
png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color.  Don't
call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
1391 1392
transparent parts of this image.

1393 1394
   png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
       PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
1395 1396 1397

The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
libpng will produce for you.  Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
1398
file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
1399 1400 1401 1402
format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate.  The color contains
separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
1403
must always be converted to at least 8-bit format.  (Even though low bit depth
1404 1405 1406 1407 1408
grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
color!)

You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface.  For reference the
1409
settings and API calls required are:
1410 1411

8-bit values:
1412 1413
   PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
   png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
1414

1415 1416
   If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
   produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
1417
   use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
1418 1419
   instead.

1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428
16-bit values:
   PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB.  If you just want
color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
to the list.

Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
1429
prior to libpng-1.5.4.  Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
1430
errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
1431
been read.  Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
1432 1433
used with the high level interface.

1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442
.SS The high-level read interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
you want to do are limited to the following set:

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
1443 1444 1445 1446
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16      Strip 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit accurately
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16      Chop 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit less accurately
1447
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA   Discard the alpha channel
1448 1449 1450 1451
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
                                samples to bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
1452 1453
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND        Perform set_expand()
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
1462
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
1463 1464
    PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB   Expand grayscale samples
                                to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
1465
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16     Expand samples to 16 bits
1466 1467

(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
1468
quantizing, and setting filler.)  If this is the case, simply do this:
1469 1470 1471

    png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

1472 1473
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
set of transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
1474
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
1475
then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
1476

1477 1478 1479
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)

1480 1481 1482
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_read_png().

1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494
After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
with

   row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);

where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with

1495
   if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/(sizeof (png_byte)))
1496
      png_error (png_ptr,
1497 1498
          "Image is too tall to process in memory");

1499 1500
   if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
      png_error (png_ptr,
1501 1502
          "Image is too wide to process in memory");

1503
   row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
1504
       height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
1505

1506 1507
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
      row_pointers[i]=NULL;  /* security precaution */
1508

1509
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1510
      row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
1511 1512
          width*pixel_size);

1513
   png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521

Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block.

If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).

If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
1522
do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528

.SS The low-level read interface

If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
the file information up to the actual image data.  You do this with a
call to png_read_info().
1529 1530 1531

    png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

1532 1533
This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.

1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539
This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
for use in later transformations.  Important information copied in is:

1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk.  This overwrites the default value
provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.

1540
2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk.  This
1541
damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
1542
resulting in unexpected behavior.  Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549

3) The number of significant bits in each component value.  Libpng uses this to
optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.

4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk.  This can be modified by
a later call to png_set_tRNS.

1550
.SS Querying the info structure
1551

1552 1553 1554
Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
has been read.  Note that these fields may not be completely filled
in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
1555 1556 1557

    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
       &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
1558
       &compression_type, &filter_method);
1559 1560 1561

    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1562

1563 1564
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1565

1566 1567 1568 1569 1570
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.  (valid values are
                     1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
                     the color_type.  See also
                     significant bits (sBIT) below).
1571

1572 1573 1574 1575
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha channels
                         are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
1576
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594
    interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)

    compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0)

1595 1596 1597 1598 1599
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0, and can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
                     the PNG datastream is embedded in
                     a MNG-1.0 datastream)
1600 1601

    Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or
1602 1603
    filter_method can be NULL if you are
    not interested in their values.
1604

1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613
    Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
    the application's width and height variables.
    This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit
    variables.  In such situations, the
    png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
    functions described below are safer.

    width            = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1614

1615 1616
    height           = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1617

1618 1619
    bit_depth        = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1620

1621 1622
    color_type       = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1623

1624
    interlace_type   = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
1625
                         info_ptr);
1626

1627 1628
    compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1629

1630
    filter_method    = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
1631 1632
                         info_ptr);

1633
    channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1634

1635 1636 1637 1638
    channels       - number of channels of info for the
                     color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
                     PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
                     4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
1639

1640
    rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1641

1642 1643 1644
    rowbytes       - number of bytes needed to hold a row

    signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1645

1646 1647 1648
    signature      - holds the signature read from the
                     file (if any).  The data is kept in
                     the same offset it would be if the
1649
                     whole signature were read (i.e. if an
1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659
                     application had already read in 4
                     bytes of signature before starting
                     libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
                     be in signature[4] through signature[7]
                     (see png_set_sig_bytes())).

These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
has been read.  The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
data has been read, or zero if it is missing.  The parameters to the
1660 1661
png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
1662

1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671
The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
is simply returned to give the application information about how the
image was encoded.  Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
within the simplified API.  Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
png_set_rgb_to_gray()).

1672 1673
    png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
                     &num_palette);
1674

1675 1676
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
1677

1678 1679
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

1680
    png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
1681
    png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
1682

1683 1684 1685 1686 1687
    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the file is
                     written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)

    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
                     file is written
1688

1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697
    png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
                     &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
                     &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
                     &blue_Z)
    png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
                     &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
                     &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
                     &int_blue_y)
1698
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
1699 1700 1701
                     &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
                     &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
                     &int_blue_Z)
1702 1703

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
1704 1705 1706
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     chromaticities of the end points and the
                     white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1707 1708

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
                     specification of the intended color of the red,
                     green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
                     The white point is simply the sum of the three
                     end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1715

1716
    png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
1717

1718
    file_srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724
                     The presence of the sRGB chunk
                     means that the pixel data is in the
                     sRGB color space.  This chunk also
                     implies specific values of gAMA and
                     cHRM.

1725 1726
    png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
       &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
1727

1728
    name             - The profile name.
1729

1730 1731 1732 1733
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
1734

1735 1736
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
1737

1738
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
1739

1740
    png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
1741

1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
                     red, green, and blue channels,
                     whichever are appropriate for the
                     given color type (png_color_16)

1748 1749
    png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
                     &num_trans, &trans_color);
1750

1751 1752
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1753

1754 1755
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1756

1757
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values of
1758 1759
                     the single transparent color for
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1760 1761 1762

    png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
                     (PNG_INFO_hIST)
1763

1764
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
1765
                     png_uint_16)
1766 1767

    png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
1768

1769 1770 1771 1772
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                    (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
1773

1774 1775
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
1776 1777
                     valid 16-bit red, green and blue
                     values, regardless of color_type
1778

1779 1780
    num_comments   = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
                     &text_ptr, &num_text);
1781

1782
    num_comments   - number of comments
1783

1784 1785
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
1786

1787
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
1788 1789 1790 1791
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
1792

1793 1794
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                         1-79 characters.
1795

1796
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
1797
                         keyword.  Can be empty.
1798

1799
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
1800
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
1801

1802
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
1803
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
1804

1805 1806
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (empty
                         string for unknown).
1807

1808
    text_ptr[i].lang_key  - keyword in UTF-8
1809
                         (empty string for unknown).
1810

1811
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
1819

1820 1821 1822
    num_text       - number of comments (same as
                     num_comments; you can put NULL here
                     to avoid the duplication)
1823

1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831
    Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
    and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
    structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
    regular zero-terminated C strings.  They might be
    empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.

    num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       &palette_ptr);
1832 1833 1834

    num_spalettes  - number of sPLT chunks read.

1835
    palette_ptr    - array of palette structures holding
1836 1837
                     contents of one or more sPLT chunks
                     read.
1838

1839
    png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
1840
       &unit_type);
1841

1842
    offset_x       - positive offset from the left edge
1843
                     of the screen (can be negative)
1844

1845
    offset_y       - positive offset from the top edge
1846
                     of the screen (can be negative)
1847

1848 1849 1850
    unit_type      - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
1851
       &unit_type);
1852

1853 1854
    res_x          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
1855

1856 1857
    res_y          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
1858

1859
    unit_type      - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
1860 1861
                     PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

1862 1863
    png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
1864

1865
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
1866

1867
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
1868

1869
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
1870 1871
                 (width and height are doubles)

1872 1873
    png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
1874

1875
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
1876

1877
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
1878
                  (expressed as a string)
1879

1880 1881
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
1882

1883 1884
    num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
       info_ptr, &unknowns)
1885

1886 1887
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
1888

1889
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
1890

1891
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
1892

1893
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
1894

1895
    unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
1896

1897 1898 1899
    The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
    chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
    png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
1900

1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906
    The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of

         PNG_HAVE_IHDR  (0x01)
         PNG_HAVE_PLTE  (0x02)
         PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)

1907 1908 1909
The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

1910
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1911
       info_ptr)
1912

1913
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1914
       info_ptr)
1915

1916
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1917
       info_ptr)
1918

1919
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1920
       info_ptr)
1921

1922
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1923
       info_ptr)
1924

1925
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1926
       info_ptr)
1927

1928
    aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
1929
       info_ptr)
1930

1931
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
1932
       the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940
       res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y

    Note that because of the way the resolutions are
       stored internally, the inch conversions won't
       come out to exactly even number.  For example,
       72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
       when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
       be sure to round the returned value appropriately
1941
       if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
1942

1943 1944 1945 1946
The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1947

1948
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1949

1950
    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1951

1952 1953
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);

1954
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
1955
       x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
1956 1957 1958 1959 1960
       chunk is present but the unit is the pixel.  The
       remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
       as well, because a value in inches can't always be
       converted to microns and back without some loss
       of precision.
1961

1962
For more information, see the
1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
PNG specification for chunk contents.  Be careful with trusting
rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
See png_read_update_info(), below.

A quick word about text_ptr and num_text.  PNG stores comments in
keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size.  While there are
suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
strings.  It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations.  Non-printing
symbols are not allowed.  See the PNG specification for more details.
There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.

Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
keyword.  It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
1980 1981
The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
1982 1983
a text string.  The text string, language code, and translated
keyword may be empty or NULL pointers.  The keyword/text
1984 1985 1986 1987 1988
pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
until after you read the stuff after the image.  This will be
mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
1989

1990 1991
.SS Input transformations

1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
certain color types and bit depths.

Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
particular input data format.  However some transformations can have an effect
as a result of a previous transformation.  If you specify a contradictory set of
transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
cannot predict the final result.

The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
format/depth as the current image data.  It is stored in the same format/depth
as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
2008

2009 2010
The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
described below.
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the
byte, unless png_set_packing() is called.  8-bit RGB data will be stored
2017 2018 2019
in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
2020
byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
2021 2022 2023
transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or
after each RRGGBB triplet.  Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
2024 2025
be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
or png_set_scale_16().
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032

The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
transparency information in a tRNS chunk.  This is most useful on
grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.

2033 2034
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
        png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2035 2036

    if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2037 2038
        PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);

2039 2040 2041 2042
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
        bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);

The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
2043 2044 2045
in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
readability.  In some future version they may actually do different
things.
2046

2047 2048
As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
added.  It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
2049

2050
As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added.  It behaves as
2051
png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
2052
Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
2053
severe accuracy loss.
2054

2055 2056
   if (bit_depth < 16)
      png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
2057

2058
PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel.  If you only can handle
2059
8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
2060 2061

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2062
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
2063
       png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069
#else
       png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
#endif

(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
1.5.4).
2070

2071 2072 2073
If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
2074 2075

    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
2076
       png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
2077

2078 2079 2080
If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
the information.  If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
2081 2082

As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
2083 2084
major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091
can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)

In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.

2092
  FROM  01  31   0  0T  0O   2  2T  2O   3  3T  3O  4A  4O  6A  6O
2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117
   TO
   01    -  [G]  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
   31   [Q]  Q  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   Q   Q   Q  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
    0    1   G   +   .   .   G   G   G   G   G   G   B   B  GB  GB
   0T    lt  Gt  t   +   .   Gt  G   G   Gt  G   G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
   0O    lt  Gt  t   .   +   Gt  Gt  G   Gt  Gt  G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
    2    C   P   C   C   C   +   .   .   C   -   -  CB  CB   B   B
   2T    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   +   t   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
   2O    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   t   +   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
    3   [Q]  p  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   +   .   .  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
   3T   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   +   t  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   3O   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   t   +  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   4A    lA  G   A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  +   BA  G  GBA
   4O    lA GBA  A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  BA  +  GBA  G
   6A    CA  PA  CA  C   C   A   T  tT   PA  P   P   C  CBA  +   BA
   6O    CA PBA  CA  C   C   A  tT   T   PA  P   P  CBA  C   BA  +

Within the matrix,
     "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
     "-" means the transformation is not supported.
     "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
     "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
     "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
     "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
     "1" means the transformation is obtained by
2118 2119 2120
         png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
         if there is no transparency in the original or the final
         format).
2121
     "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
2122
     "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
2123 2124 2125 2126
     "P" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
     "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
     "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
2127 2128 2129 2130
     "T" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
     "B" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137

When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
right overall transformation.  When two transforms are separated by a comma
either will do the job.  When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
if the suggested transformations are used.

2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146
In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
is the level of opacity.  If you need the alpha channel in an image to
be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
images) is fully transparent, with

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152
PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
files.  This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
values of the pixels:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
2153
       png_set_packing(png_ptr);
2154 2155 2156

PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  All pixels
stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
2157 2158 2159 2160
higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]).  However, it is also possible
to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
image.  This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
2161

2162
    png_color_8p sig_bit;
2163 2164

    if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
2165
       png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171

PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2172
       png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
2173

2174 2175
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
2176

2177
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
2178
       png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
2179

2180
where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is
2181 2182
either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
you want the filler before the RGB or after.  This transformation
2183 2184 2185
does not affect images that already have full alpha channels.  To add an
opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which
will generate RGBA pixels.
2186

2187 2188 2189 2190
Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type.  If you want
to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
2191 2192
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
       png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
2193 2194

where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
2195
This function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
2196

2197 2198 2199 2200
If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2201
       png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207

For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
RGB.  This code will do that conversion:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2208
       png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2209

2210
Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
2211
with alpha.
2212 2213 2214

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2215 2216
       png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
          double red_weight, double green_weight);
2217 2218

    error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
2219

2220 2221 2222
    error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue
2223

2224 2225 2226 2227 2228
    error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
                      conversion if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue

2229
    red_weight:       weight of red component
2230

2231
    green_weight:     weight of green component
2232
                      If either weight is negative, default
2233 2234 2235 2236 2237
                      weights are used.

In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
simply scaled by 100,000:

2238 2239
    png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
       png_fixed_point red_weight,
2240
       png_fixed_point green_weight);
2241 2242 2243 2244 2245

If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
2246
1 if there were any non-gray pixels.  Background and sBIT data
2247
will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
2248
data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
2249

2250
The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
2251 2252 2253
defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
<http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9:
2254

2255
   <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
2256

2257 2258 2259 2260 2261
    Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B

Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
different formula:

2262 2263
    Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B

2264 2265 2266 2267
Libpng uses an integer approximation:

    Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768

2268
The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
2269
can be determined.
2270

2271
The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
2272 2273
composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
background color.  For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
2274
libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280
header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.

If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page).  You
need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
2281
component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
2282
color.  The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
2283
to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
2284
useful:
2285

2286 2287
    png_color_16 my_background;
    png_color_16p image_background;
2288

2289
    if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
2290
       png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
2291
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
2292
    else
2293
       png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
2294
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
2295

2296 2297
The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
final, display, output produced by libpng.  Because you now know the format of
2298 2299 2300 2301 2302
the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.)  However, if you are doing this,
take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
they apply!
2303

2304 2305 2306 2307
In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
of the PNG file.  So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
image_background->gray.
2308

2309 2310
If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
2311
to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
2312

2313 2314 2315 2316
Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode().  (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
header.)
2317

2318 2319 2320 2321 2322
This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
reading starts.  For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
value when you call it in this position:

2323 2324
   if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
2325

2326
   else
2327
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
2328

2329 2330
If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
2331
will do that.  Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
2332
finds the closest color available.  This should work fairly well with
2333
optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes.  If you
2334
pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
2335
reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
2336
maximum_colors.  If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342
more intelligent choices when reducing the palette.  If there is no
histogram, it may not do as good a job.

   if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
   {
      if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2343
          PNG_INFO_PLTE))
2344 2345 2346 2347
      {
         png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;

         png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2348
             &histogram);
2349 2350 2351
         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
            max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
      }
2352

2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363
      else
      {
         png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
            { ... colors ... };

         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
            MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
            NULL,0);
      }
   }

2364 2365 2366 2367
PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
zero):

2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373
   if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:

   if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
2374
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2375 2376
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

2377
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
2378 2379
ie. most significant bits first).  This code changes the storage to the
other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
2380 2381 2382
way PCs store them):

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2383
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);
2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

2391 2392 2393 2394 2395
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
2396
        read_transform_fn);
2397 2398 2399

You must supply the function

2400
    void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
2401
        row_info, png_bytep data)
2402 2403

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
2404 2405 2406 2407
after all of the other transformations have been processed.  Take care with
interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.

2408
If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417
where you are in processing the image:

   png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
   png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);

Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
are called.
2418

2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426
With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).

The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.

2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432
You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
function

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
2433
        user_depth, user_channels);
2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441

The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
freeing any memory required for the user structure.

You can retrieve the pointer via the function
png_get_user_transform_ptr().  For example:

    voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
2442
        png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
2443

2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451
The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
of the interlaced image.

    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
2452
call.
2453 2454 2455

    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461
This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
field so you can use it to allocate your image memory.  This function
will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
background if these have been given with the calls above.  You may
only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.

2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469
After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
memory you need to hold the image.  The row data is simply
raw byte data for all forms of images.  As the actual allocation
varies among applications, no example will be given.  If you
are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
of the functions below.

2470
Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
2471 2472 2473
functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
that libpng will output.  Consequently you must call all the png_set_
2474 2475 2476
functions before you call png_read_update_info().  This is particularly
important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
2477 2478
it unless you want to receive interlaced output.

2479 2480
.SS Reading image data

2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487
After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you are
allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
and put it in the memory area supplied.  You will need to pass in
an array of pointers to each row.

2488 2489 2490 2491
This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502

   png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
use png_read_rows() instead.  If there is no interlacing (check
2503
interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
2504 2505

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2506
        number_of_rows);
2507 2508 2509 2510

where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.

If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
2511
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
2512

2513
    png_bytep row_pointer = row;
2514
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
2515

2516 2517
If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
get somewhat harder.  The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
2518 2519
interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
2520
breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
2521 2522
on an 8x8 grid.  This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
2523 2524

libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
2525 2526
It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that.  The one
2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535
mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
smooths out as more pixels are read.  The other method is the "sparkle"
method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
before the start of the read.  The first method usually looks better,
but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.

2536 2537
If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
2538

2539
    if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
2540
       number_of_passes
2541 2542
           = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.  This function can be
called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times.  Each time
will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
each pass.
2550

2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565
If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
effect.  This effect is faster and the end result of either method
is exactly the same.  If you are planning on displaying the image
after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
better looking one.

If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as
normal, with the third parameter NULL.  Make sure you make pass over
the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
rows between calls.  You can change the locations of the data, just
not the data.  Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2566
        number_of_rows);
2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572

If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
the second parameter NULL.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
2573
        number_of_rows);
2574

2575 2576
If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
2577
Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625
certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
correct place.  This is where everything gets very tricky.

If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows().  The calculation
gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:

   png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
   png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);

Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
corresponding to the numbered pass.  'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
as 1 to 7!  Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.

You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row.  If you want to
produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.

If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
spacing between each pixel.  As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
retrieve this information:

   png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
   png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
   png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
   png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);

These allow you to write the obvious loop:

   png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);

   while (output_y < output_image_height)
   {
      png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
      png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);

      while (output_x < output_image_width)
      {
2626 2627 2628
         image[output_y][output_x] =
             subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];

2629 2630 2631 2632
         output_x += xStep;
      }

      ++input_y;
2633
      output_y += yStep;
2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661
   }

Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
returned as shifts.  This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
image.  In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
given an input coordinate.  libpng provides two further macros for this
purpose:

   png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);

Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
row or column appears in a given pass:

   int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
   int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);

Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!

With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
interlace handling.  In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.

libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
writing of interlaced images.  If you can't get interlacing to work in your
2662
code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
2663 2664
how pngvalid.c does it.

2665 2666
.SS Finishing a sequential read

2667 2668
After you are finished reading the image through the
low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.  If you are
2669 2670 2671
interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or
after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if
you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681
separate.

    png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);

    if (!end_info)
    {
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
           (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
    }
2682 2683 2684

   png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);

2685 2686 2687 2688 2689
If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.

   png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);

2690 2691 2692 2693 2694
If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
the PNG datastream.

2695 2696 2697 2698 2699
When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       &end_info);

2700 2701 2702 2703 2704
or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       (png_infopp)NULL);

2705
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
2706
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
2707

2708
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
2709

2710
    mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
2711
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718
           more of
             PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
             PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
             PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
             PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
             PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
           or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
2719

2720
    seq  - sequence number of item to be freed
2721
           (-1 for all items)
2722

2723
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
2724
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
2725 2726 2727 2728 2729
by the user and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
2730

2731 2732
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
2733
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
2734
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
2735 2736

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
2737

2738 2739 2740 2741
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
2742

2743 2744 2745
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

2746 2747 2748 2749 2750
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
2751 2752
or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.  When the user assumes
responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
2753 2754
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
2755
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
2756 2757 2758 2759 2760

If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
2761

2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768
If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.

2769
The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
2770 2771
it frees.  If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
your application instead of by libpng, you can use
2772 2773

    png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
2774

2775
    mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
2776
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
2777
           more of
2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786
             PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
             PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
             PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
             PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
             PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
             PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
             PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
             PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT

2787 2788
For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.

2789
.SS Reading PNG files progressively
2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811

The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive
reader.  Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image.  You
set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You don't
have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
giving the library the data directly in png_process_data().  I will
assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
all of the code).

png_structp png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr;

 /*  An example code fragment of how you would
     initialize the progressive reader in your
     application. */
 int
 initialize_png_reader()
 {
    png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
2812
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2813
         user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
2814

2815
    if (!png_ptr)
2816
        return (ERROR);
2817

2818
    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
2819

2820 2821
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
2822 2823 2824
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
2825 2826
    }

2827
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2828
    {
2829 2830 2831
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837
    }

    /* This one's new.  You can provide functions
       to be called when the header info is valid,
       when each row is completed, and when the image
       is finished.  If you aren't using all functions,
2838 2839 2840
       you can specify NULL parameters.  Even when all
       three functions are NULL, you need to call
       png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You can use
2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860
       any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
       for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
       from inside the callbacks using the function

          png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);

       which will return a void pointer, which you have
       to cast appropriately.
     */
    png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
        info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);

    return 0;
 }

 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
   of data */
 int
 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
 {
2861
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2862
    {
2863
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2864
           (png_infopp)NULL);
2865
       return (ERROR);
2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871
    }

    /* This one's new also.  Simply give it a chunk
       of data from the file stream (in order, of
       course).  On machines with segmented memory
       models machines, don't give it any more than
2872
       64K.  The library seems to run fine with sizes
2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878
       of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
       necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
       1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes
       yet).  When this function returns, you may
       want to display any rows that were generated
       in the row callback if you don't already do
2879
       so there.
2880 2881
     */
    png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887

    /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
       you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
       it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
       libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
       png_process_data call).
2888 2889 2890 2891
    return 0;
 }

 /* This function is called (as set by
2892
    png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
2893 2894 2895 2896
    has been supplied so all of the header has been
    read.
 */
 void
2897
 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907
 {
    /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
       the transformations mentioned in the Reading
       PNG files section.  For now, you _must_ call
       either png_start_read_image() or
       png_read_update_info() after all the
       transformations are set (even if you don't set
       any).  You may start getting rows before
       png_process_data() returns, so this is your
       last chance to prepare for that.
2908 2909 2910

       This is where you turn on interlace handling,
       assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920

       If you need to you can stop the processing of
       your original input data at this point by calling
       png_process_data_pause.  This returns the number
       of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
       call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
       sees these bytes again.  If you don't want to bother
       with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
       bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
       then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927
     */
 }

 /* This function is called when each row of image
    data is complete */
 void
 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
2928
    png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940
 {
    /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
       on the interlace handler, this function will
       be called for every row in every pass.  Some
       of these rows will not be changed from the
       previous pass.  When the row is not changed,
       the new_row variable will be NULL.  The rows
       and passes are called in order, so you don't
       really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
       supplying them because it may make your life
       easier.

2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949
       If you did not turn on interlace handling then
       the callback is called for each row of each
       sub-image when the image is interlaced.  In this
       case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
       the row in the output image as it is in all other
       cases.

       For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
       you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955
       you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
       passing in the row and the old row.  You can
       call this function for NULL rows (it will just
       return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
       does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
       code easier.  Thus, you can just do this for
2956
       all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962
     */

        png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
          new_row);

    /* where old_row is what was displayed for
2963 2964
       previously for the row.  Note that the first
       pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
2965 2966 2967 2968 2969
       the old row, so the rows do not have to be
       initialized.  After the first pass (and only
       for interlaced images), you will have to pass
       the current row, and the function will combine
       the old row and the new row.
2970 2971 2972

       You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
       callback - see above.
2973
    */
2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990
 }

 void
 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
 {
    /* This function is called after the whole image
       has been read, including any chunks after the
       image (up to and including the IEND).  You
       will usually have the same info chunk as you
       had in the header, although some data may have
       been added to the comments and time fields.

       Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
       a flag that marks the image as finished.
     */
 }

2991 2992


2993
.SH IV. Writing
2994 2995 2996 2997 2998

Much of this is very similar to reading.  However, everything of
importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
back up in the reading section to understand writing.

2999 3000
.SS Setup

3001 3002 3003 3004
You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
custom writing functions.  See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
3005

3006
    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
3007

3008
    if (!fp)
3009
       return (ERROR);
3010 3011 3012 3013

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare.  Of course, you
3014 3015 3016 3017
will want to check if they return NULL.  If you are also reading,
you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
"read_ptr" and "write_ptr".  Look at pngtest.c, for example.
3018 3019

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
3020
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3021
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3022

3023
    if (!png_ptr)
3024
       return (ERROR);
3025 3026 3027 3028 3029

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
       png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
3030
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3031
       return (ERROR);
3032 3033
    }

3034 3035
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
3036
png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

3043 3044 3045
After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
error handling.  When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
longjmp() back to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call
3046
setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you
3047
write the file from different routines, you will need to update
3048 3049
the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
call a png_*() function.  See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
3050 3051 3052
for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp.  See
the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
3053

3054
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3055
    {
3056
    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3057 3058
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
3059
    }
3060 3061
    ...
    return;
3062

3063
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
3064
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
3065 3066
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

3067 3068 3069 3070
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084
Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
1.5.10.  If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
a benign error.  This is enabled by default because this condition is an
error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
be ignored in each png_ptr with

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
invalid PNG datastream as output.  In this case the application is
responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.

3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093
Now you need to set up the output code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fwrite().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
Libpng section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101
If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
written the signature in your application, use

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);

to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.

3102 3103
.SS Write callbacks

3104 3105 3106 3107 3108
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

3109
    void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
3110
       int pass);
3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);

3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
it has also been written out.  The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142
You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
run.  The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing.  If you
have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
3143 3144 3145 3146
the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream).  The third
parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
3147 3148
for each scanline.  See the PNG specification for details on the specific
filter types.
3149

3150

3151
    /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
3152
       specific filters.  You can use either a single
3153
       PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
3154 3155
       or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
     */
3156
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
3157 3158 3159
       PNG_FILTER_NONE  | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
       PNG_FILTER_SUB   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB  |
       PNG_FILTER_UP    | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP   |
3160
       PNG_FILTER_AVG   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG  |
3161 3162 3163
       PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
       PNG_ALL_FILTERS);

3164 3165 3166 3167
If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
3168

3169 3170 3171
If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.

3172
The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
3173 3174 3175
library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
doing.  The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
3176 3177
data.  See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
3178

3179 3180
    #include zlib.h

3181
    /* Set the zlib compression level */
3182 3183 3184
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
        Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);

3185
    /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
3186 3187 3188 3189 3190
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3191 3192
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)

3193 3194 3195 3196
    /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
     * If you don't call these, the parameters
     * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
     */
3197 3198 3199 3200 3201
    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3202

3203 3204
.SS Setting the contents of info for output

3205 3206 3207
You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
wish to write before the actual image.  Note that the only thing you
are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
3208
chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway).  See png_write_end() and
3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219
the latest PNG specification for more information on that.  If you
wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
data as being valid.  If you want to wait until after the data, don't
fill them until png_write_end().  For all the fields in png_info and
their data types, see png.h.  For explanations of what the fields
contain, see the PNG specification.

Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:

    png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
       bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
3220
       compression_type, filter_method)
3221

3222 3223
    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3224

3225 3226
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3227

3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.
                     (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
                     and depend also on the
                     color_type.  See also significant
                     bits (sBIT) below).
3234

3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha
                     channels are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

3252 3253
    interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
3254

3255 3256
    compression_type - (must be
                     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
3257

3258 3259 3260 3261 3262
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
                     or, if you are writing a PNG to
                     be embedded in a MNG datastream,
                     can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
3263

3264
If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
3265
other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
3266 3267 3268
the IHDR settings.  The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
in any order.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3269 3270 3271
If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
3272

3273 3274
    png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
       num_palette);
3275

3276 3277 3278 3279
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

3280 3281 3282 3283 3284
    png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
    png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);

    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the image was
                     created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
3285

3286 3287
    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
                     the image was created
3288

3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310
    png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
                     green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
                     green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
    png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
                     int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
                     int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
                     int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
                     int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
                     A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
                     of the end points and the white point.

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
                     A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
                     points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
                     color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
                     data.  The white point is simply the sum of the three end
                     points.

3311
    png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
3312

3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
                     the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This chunk also implies specific
                     values of gAMA and cHRM.  Rendering
                     intent is the CSS-1 property that
                     has been defined by the International
                     Color Consortium
                     (http://www.color.org).
                     It can be one of
3324 3325 3326 3327
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
3328

3329 3330 3331

    png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       srgb_intent);
3332

3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
                     sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This function also causes gAMA and
                     cHRM chunks with the specific values
                     that are consistent with sRGB to be
                     written.

3342
    png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
3343
                       profile, proflen);
3344

3345
    name             - The profile name.
3346

3347 3348 3349 3350
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
3351

3352 3353
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
3354

3355
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
3356

3357
    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
3358

3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
                     green, and blue channels, whichever are
                     appropriate for the given color type
                     (png_color_16)

3365 3366
    png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
       num_trans, trans_color);
3367

3368 3369
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3370

3371 3372 3373
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3374 3375 3376
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values
                     (in order red, green, blue) of the
                     single transparent color for
3377
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3378

3379
    png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
3380

3381
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
3382
                     png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
3383 3384

    png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
3385

3386 3387 3388 3389
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                     (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
3390

3391 3392
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
3393 3394

    png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
3395

3396 3397
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
3398

3399
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
3400 3401 3402 3403
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3404 3405 3406 3407 3408
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                 1-79 characters.
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
                         keyword.  Can be NULL or empty.
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
3409
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
3410
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
3411
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
3412 3413 3414 3415
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (NULL or
                         empty for unknown).
    text_ptr[i].translated_keyword  - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
                         or empty for unknown).
3416

3417
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
3425

3426
    num_text       - number of comments
3427

3428 3429
    png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
       num_spalettes);
3430

3431 3432 3433 3434 3435
    palette_ptr    - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
                     to be added to the list of palettes
                     in the info structure.
    num_spalettes  - number of palette structures to be
                     added.
3436

3437 3438
    png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
        unit_type);
3439

3440 3441
    offset_x  - positive offset from the left
                     edge of the screen
3442

3443 3444
    offset_y  - positive offset from the top
                     edge of the screen
3445

3446 3447 3448 3449
    unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
        unit_type);
3450

3451 3452
    res_x       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in x direction
3453

3454 3455
    res_y       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in y direction
3456

3457
    unit_type   - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
3458 3459
                  PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

3460
    png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3461

3462
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3463

3464
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3465

3466 3467 3468 3469
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                  (width and height are doubles)

    png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3470

3471
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3472

3473
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3474
                  expressed as a string
3475

3476
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3477
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
3478

3479 3480
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
       num_unknowns)
3481

3482 3483
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
3484 3485
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
3486
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
3487 3488 3489 3490 3491
    unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
                           0: do not write chunk
                           PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
                           PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
                           PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500

The "location" member is set automatically according to
what part of the output file has already been written.
You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
as demonstrated in pngtest.c.  Within each of the "locations",
the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
png_set_unknown_chunks).
3501 3502 3503

A quick word about text and num_text.  text is an array of png_text
structures.  num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3504 3505
Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
and a compression type.
3506

3507 3508 3509
The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
types of the image data.  Currently, the only valid number is zero.
However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3510
images, which always have to be compressed.  So if you don't want the
3511
text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3512 3513 3514
Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3515

3516
Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
3517 3518 3519
After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
3520
png_write_end() with the same struct).
3521 3522 3523 3524 3525

The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:

    Title            Short (one line) title or
                     caption for image
3526

3527
    Author           Name of image's creator
3528

3529
    Description      Description of image (possibly long)
3530

3531
    Copyright        Copyright notice
3532

3533
    Creation Time    Time of original image creation
3534
                     (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
3535

3536
    Software         Software used to create the image
3537

3538
    Disclaimer       Legal disclaimer
3539

3540
    Warning          Warning of nature of content
3541

3542
    Source           Device used to create the image
3543

3544 3545 3546 3547 3548
    Comment          Miscellaneous comment; conversion
                     from other image format

The keyword-text pairs work like this.  Keywords should be short
simple descriptions of what the comment is about.  Some typical
3549
keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566
on keywords.  You can repeat keywords in a file.  You can even write
some text before the image and some after.  For example, you may want
to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
they start seeing the image.  Finally, keywords should be full
words, not abbreviations.  Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
unprintable characters.  To make the comments widely readable, stick
with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
like the IBM-PC character set.  The keyword must be present, but
you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.

PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure.  Two
3567
conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
3568 3569 3570 3571 3572
time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm.  The
time_t routine uses gmtime().  You don't have to use either of
these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
instead of your local time.  Note that the year number is the full
3573
year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582
that months start with 1.

If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword.  This is
necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself.  In order to facilitate
machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
3583
tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
3584 3585 3586
although this isn't a requirement.  Unlike the tIME chunk, the
"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
by the software.  To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
3587 3588
png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(png_ptr, buffer, png_timep) is provided to
convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string.  The caller must provide
3589
a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
3590

3591 3592
.SS Writing unknown chunks

3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600
You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks
for writing.  You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's
all there is to it.  The chunks will be written by the next following
png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function.
Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk
list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG
specification's ordering rules.

3601 3602 3603 3604 3605
.SS The high-level write interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
3606
in the info structure.  All defined output
3607
transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
3608 3609 3610

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
3611 3612
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
3613
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
3622
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER        Strip out filler
                                      bytes (deprecated).
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
                                      filler bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER  Strip out trailing
                                      filler bytes
3629

3630 3631
If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
3632 3633 3634

    png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

3635
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
3636
transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
3637 3638
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
3639

3640 3641
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
3642

3643 3644 3645
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_write_png().

3646 3647 3648 3649 3650
.SS The low-level write interface

If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
write all the file information up to the actual image data.  You do
this with a call to png_write_info().
3651 3652 3653

    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3654 3655
Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
png_write_info().  In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
3656 3657 3658 3659
level of opacity.  If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written.  If
your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
png_write_info() call.

3671 3672 3673 3674 3675
If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:

    png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3676
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
3677 3678
    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684
After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
certain color types and bit depths.  Even though each transformation
3685
checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
3686 3687 3688
make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
data.  For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.

3689
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes.  This code tells
3690
the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
3691 3692
to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
bytes per pixel).
3693 3694 3695

    png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);

3696
where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
3697 3698
PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
is stored XRGB or RGBX.
3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708

PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:

    png_set_packing(png_ptr);

PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  If your
data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
3709
file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
3710

3711 3712 3713
    /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
    {
3714 3715 3716
       sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
3717
    }
3718

3719 3720
    else
    {
3721
       sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
3722
    }
3723

3724 3725
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
    {
3726
       sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
3727 3728 3729 3730 3731
    }

    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);

If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
3732
one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
3733 3734 3735 3736 3737
this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
is required by PNG.

    png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);

3738
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
3739
ie. most significant bits first).  This code would be used if they are
3740 3741
supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
first, the way PCs store them):
3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762

    if (bit_depth > 8)
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:

    png_set_bgr(png_ptr);

PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
(black being one and white being zero):

    png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
       write_transform_fn);

You must supply the function

3772 3773
    void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
       row_info, png_bytep data)
3774 3775

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
3776 3777 3778 3779 3780
before any of the other transformations are processed.  If supported
libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
your callback:

   png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786
   png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);

This returns the current row passed to the transform.  With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
3787

3788 3789
The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.
3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798

You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function.

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);

The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.

3799 3800
You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
For example:
3801 3802 3803

    voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
       png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
3804

3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819
It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written.  To
flush the output stream a single time call:

    png_write_flush(png_ptr);

and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
number of scanlines have been written, call:

    png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);

Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
3820
png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
3821
If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
3822
RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
3823 3824 3825 3826
may be acceptable for real-time applications).  Infrequent flushing will
only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
that do not use flushing.

3827 3828
.SS Writing the image data

3829
That's it for the transformations.  Now you can write the image data.
3830
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you have the
3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840
whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
will write the image.  You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
each row.  This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().

    png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

3841
    png_byte *row_pointers[height];
3842 3843 3844

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

3845
If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854
use png_write_rows() instead.  If the file is not interlaced,
this is simple:

    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
       number_of_rows);

row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.

If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
3855
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
3856 3857 3858

    png_bytep row_pointer = row;

3859
    png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
3860

3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867
When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
size.  libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
yourself.  If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
for details of which pixels to write when.
3868 3869 3870

If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
3871 3872
correct number of times to write all the sub-images
(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
3873 3874 3875 3876

If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
writing any rows:

3877
    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
3878

3879 3880
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.
3881 3882 3883

Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.

3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896
    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);

Think carefully before you write an interlaced image.  Typically code that
reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
doing any processing.  Only code that can display an image on the fly can
take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
read.

If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
the interlacing yourself.  Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
approach described above.
3897

3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903
The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
code above.  In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
you obtained from the read code.
3904

3905 3906
.SS Finishing a sequential write

3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917
After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
the file.  If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer.  If you are not interested,
you can pass NULL.

    png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);

When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:

    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);

3918
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
3919
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
3920

3921
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
3922

3923
    mask  - identifies data to be freed, a mask
3924
            containing the bitwise OR of one or
3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931
            more of
              PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
              PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
              PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
              PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
              PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
            or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
3932

3933
    seq   - sequence number of item to be freed
3934
            (-1 for all items)
3935

3936
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
3937
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945
by the user  and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".

If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
3946
png_destroy_write_struct().
3947

3948 3949
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
3950
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
3951
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
3952 3953

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
3954

3955 3956 3957 3958
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
3959

3960 3961 3962
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968
For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
to a write structure, you could use

    png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
3969

3970 3971 3972 3973
    png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
       PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)

3974
thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
3975 3976 3977 3978 3979
immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
function.  Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
structure.

3980 3981 3982 3983
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
3984 3985 3986
application must use
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
3987
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994

If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.
3995 3996
For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.

3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041
.SH V. Simplified API

The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats.  If these
formats do not accomodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.

To read a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the
     stack and memset() it to all zero.

  2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.

  3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required
     format and allocate a buffer for the image.

  4) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image into
     your buffer.

There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
during the png_image_finish_read() step.

To write a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
     it to all zero.

  2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
     image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
     image in memory.

  3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
     pointer to the image to write the PNG data.

png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
when it is being read or define the in-memory format of an image that you
need to write.  The "png_image" structure contains the following members:

4042
   png_uint_32  version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4043 4044 4045 4046 4047
   png_uint_32  width   Image width in pixels (columns)
   png_uint_32  height  Image height in pixels (rows)
   png_uint_32  format  Image format as defined below
   png_uint_32  flags   A bit mask containing informational flags
   png_controlp opaque  Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
4048
   png_uint_32  colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
4049 4050
   png_uint_32  warning_or_error;
   char         message[64];
4051

4052
In the event of an error or warning the following field warning_or_error
4053 4054 4055
field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message.  If both
warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded.  If there
4056 4057
are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.

4058 4059 4060
The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved; the low two bits contain
a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure in the API
just called:
4061

4062
   0 - no warning or error
4063 4064 4065
   1 - warning
   2 - error
   3 - error preceded by warning
4066 4067 4068

The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
4069

4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076
  1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
  2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
  3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
  4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).

The channels are encoded in one of two ways:

4077
  a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte.  For the
4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084
alpha channel the original value is simply value/255.  For the color or
luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.

The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.

4085
  b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer.  All
4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095
channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
channels are linear.  Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
the sRGB specification.  This encoding is identified by the
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.

When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
value.

4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101
When a color-mapped image is used as a result of calling
png_image_read_colormap or png_image_write_colormap the channels are encoded
in the color-map and the descriptions above apply to the color-map entries.
The image data is encoded as small integers, value 0..255, that index the
entries in the color-map.  One integer (one byte) is stored for each pixel.

4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111
PNG_FORMAT_*

The #defines to be used in png_image::format.  Each #define identifies a
particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values.  There are
separate defines for each of the two channel encodings.

A format is built up using single bit flag values.  Not all combinations are
valid: use the bit flag values below for testing a format returned by the
read APIs, but set formats from the derived values.

4112 4113 4114 4115 4116
When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
image data.  Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!

4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128
NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled, if you see
compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support.  It is
possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time.  You can
guard against this by checking for the definition of:

   PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED

   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA    0x01 format with an alpha channel
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR    0x02 color format: otherwise grayscale
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR   0x04 png_uint_16 channels else png_byte
4129 4130 4131
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08 libpng use only
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR      0x10 BGR colors, else order is RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST   0x20 alpha channel comes first
4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149

Supported formats are as follows.  Future versions of libpng may support more
formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
macro is defined using #ifdef.  These defines describe the in-memory layout
of the components of the pixels of the image.

First the single byte formats:

   PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0
   PNG_FORMAT_GA   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA
   PNG_FORMAT_AG   (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB  PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR  (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR)
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)

4150
Then the linear 2-byte formats.  When naming these "Y" is used to
4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163
indicate a luminance (gray) channel.  The component order within the pixel
is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
components in the linear format.

   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR)
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|
      PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)

4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171
Color-mapped formats are obtained by calling png_image_{read,write}_colormap,
as appropriate after setting png_image::format to the format of the color-map
to be read or written.  Applications may check the value of
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP to see if they have called the colormap API.  The
format of the color-map may be extracted using the following macro.

   PNG_FORMAT_OF_COLORMAP(fmt) ((fmt) & ~PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)

4172 4173
PNG_IMAGE macros

4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180
These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
structure.  The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
pixels in the image.  The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
for the pixels and will always return 1 after a call to
png_image_{read,write}_colormap.  The remaining macros return information
about the rows in the image and the complete image.
4181

4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190
NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant.  Therefore these
macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
they can be used in #if tests.

First the information about the samples.

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
4191 4192
    Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4

4193 4194 4195 4196
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
    Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
    entry (as appropriate) in the image.

4197 4198 4199 4200
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
    This is the size of the sample data for one sample.  If the image is
    color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
    one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.
4201

4202 4203 4204 4205 4206
  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
   The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
   color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs, it is
   a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
   stack if necessary.
4207

4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223
#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\
   (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256)
   /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
    * count of components.  This can be used to compile-time allocate a
    * color-map:
    *
    * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];
    *
    * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];
    *
    * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
    * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
    * allocate the required memory.
    */


4224
Corresponding information about the pixels
4225

4226
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)
4227

4228 4229 4230
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
   The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
   color-mapped image.
4231

4232 4233 4234
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
   The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
   image.
4235

4236 4237
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
   The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
4238

4239
Information about the whole row, or whole image
4240 4241

  PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
4242 4243 4244 4245
   Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
   is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
   row.  For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
   row.
4246 4247

  PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
4248 4249
    Returns the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
    stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.
4250

4251 4252 4253
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
    This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
    correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
4254

4255 4256 4257 4258
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORMAP == 0x02
    The PNG is color-mapped.  If this flag is set png_image_read_colormap
    can be used without further loss of image information.  If it is not set
    png_image_read_colormap will cause significant loss if the image has any
4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281

READ APIs

   The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
   the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)

   int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
     const char *file_name)

     The named file is opened for read and the image header
     is filled in from the PNG header in the file.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
     FILE* file)

      The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
      png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)

      The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.

   int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
4282 4283
      png_colorp background, void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
4284 4285 4286

      Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
      clean up the png_image structure.
4287

4288 4289 4290 4291 4292
      row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
      as appropriate, between adjacent rows.  A positive stride
      indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
      the normal top-down arrangement.  A negative stride
      indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
4293

4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299
      background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
      be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
      done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
      NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
      buffer.  The value is an sRGB color to use for the
      background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
4300

4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309
      For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
      by compositing on black.

   void png_image_free(png_imagep image)

      Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
      setting the pointer to NULL.  May be called at any time
      after the structure is initialized.

4310 4311 4312 4313
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319

WRITE APIS

For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
be written:

4320
   version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327
   opaque: must be initialized to NULL
   width: image width in pixels
   height: image height in rows
   format: the format of the data you wish to write
   flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
      PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
      where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
4328
   colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
4329 4330 4331

   int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
      const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
4332
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
4333 4334 4335 4336

      Write the image to the named file.

   int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
4337 4338
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354

      Write the image to the given (FILE*).

With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.

With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.

Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
and indexed (paletted) images.

.SH VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
4355

4356
There are two issues here.  The first is changing how libpng does
4357 4358 4359
standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
4360 4361
Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
4362
to provide the user with a means of changing them.
4363 4364

Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
4365 4366

All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
4367
goes through callbacks that are user-settable.  The default routines are
4368
in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively.  To change
4369
these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
4370

4371
Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378
and png_free().  The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
will have to use appropriate pointers in your application.  Since it is
4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385
unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform
will change between applications, these functions must be modified in
the library at compile time.  If you prefer to use a different method
of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or
png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described
above.  These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved
via
4386 4387 4388 4389 4390

    mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);

Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:

4391
    png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4392
       png_alloc_size_t size);
4393

4394
    void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
4395

4396 4397 4398
Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure.  The png_malloc()
function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
4399

4400 4401 4402
Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().

4403 4404 4405 4406 4407
Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
which currently just call fread() and fwrite().  The FILE * is stored in
png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io().  If you wish to change
the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
4408
time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function.  These functions
4409 4410 4411
also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
png_get_io_ptr().  For example:

4412 4413
    png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
        voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
4414

4415 4416
    png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
        voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
4417 4418
        png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);

4419 4420
    voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
    voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
4421

4422
The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
4423 4424

    void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4425
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4426

4427
    void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4428
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4429

4430 4431
    void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);

4432 4433 4434
The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
handling end-of-data errors.

4435
Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
4436 4437 4438 4439 4440
to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
point to a standard *FILE structure.  It is probably a mistake
to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
4441 4442 4443 4444

Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
should never return to its caller.  Currently, this is handled via
4445
setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
4446
PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
4447
but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
4448
as long as your function does not return.
4449 4450

On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
4451 4452
to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
4453 4454 4455 4456 4457
fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
fprintf() isn't available).  If you wish to change the behavior of the error
functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks.  These
functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
4458 4459
It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473

    png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
        png_error_ptr warning_fn);

    png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);

If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
problem is encountered.  The replacement error functions should have
parameters as follows:

    void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp error_msg);
4474

4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481
    void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp warning_msg);

The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
catch exception handling methods.  This makes the code much easier to write,
as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
4482 4483 4484
after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself.  Consult your
compiler documentation for more details.  For an alternative approach, you
4485 4486
may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net),
which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
4487

4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496
Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
as warnings.

    png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);

    allowed: 0: (default) treat png_benign_error() an error.
             1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.

4497 4498 4499 4500 4501
.SS Custom chunks

If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
into the libpng code.  The library now has mechanisms for storing
and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4502
for custom chunks.  However, this may not be good enough if the
4503 4504 4505 4506
library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.

If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512
specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
similarly.  Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
write chunks.  Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
it as a template.  More details can be found in the comments inside
4513 4514 4515 4516 4517
the code.  It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
libpng.
4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524

If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work.  Try to find a similar
transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it.  More details
can be found in the comments inside the code itself.

4525
.SS Configuring for 16-bit platforms
4526

4527
You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that
4528
it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time.  Even if you can, the memory
4529
won't be accessible.  So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K.
4530

4531
.SS Configuring for DOS
4532

4533
For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will
4534 4535 4536
have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level()
call.  See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information.

4537
.SS Configuring for Medium Model
4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544

Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular
compilers.  Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets
defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be
all set.  Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is
expecting far data.  You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on
the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful).  Make
4545 4546
note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is
an "unsigned char far * far *".
4547

4548
.SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
4549 4550 4551

You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
4552
warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
4553
in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
4554
They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn().  On some compilers,
4555 4556
you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).

4557
.SS Configuring for compiler xxx:
4558

4559
All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h.  If you need to add, change
4560 4561 4562 4563
or delete an include, this is the place to do it.
The includes that are not needed outside libpng are placed in pngpriv.h,
which is only used by the routines inside libpng itself.
The files in libpng proper only include pngpriv.h and png.h, which
4564 4565 4566 4567 4568
%14%in turn includes pngconf.h.
in turn includes pngconf.h and, as of libpng-1.5.0, pnglibconf.h.
As of libpng-1.5.0, pngpriv.h also includes three other private header
files, pngstruct.h, pnginfo.h, and pngdebug.h, which contain material
that previously appeared in the public headers.
4569

4570
.SS Configuring zlib:
4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583

There are special functions to configure the compression.  Perhaps the
most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
input compression values in the range 0 - 9.  The library normally
uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6).  Tests
have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
faster.  For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1).  With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
files larger than just storing the raw bitmap.  You can specify the
compression level by calling:

4584
    #include zlib.h
4585 4586 4587 4588 4589
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
4590 4591 4592 4593
Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
4594

4595
    #include zlib.h
4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

The other functions are for configuring zlib.  They are not recommended
for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file.  See
zlib.h for more information on what these mean.

4602
    #include zlib.h
4603 4604
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);
4605

4606 4607
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);
4608

4609
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
4610

4611
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
4612

4613 4614 4615 4616 4617
As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
available to set these separately for non-IDAT
compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:

    #include zlib.h
4618
    #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631
    png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);

    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);

    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
    #endif

4632
.SS Controlling row filtering
4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639

If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
can call one of these functions.  The selection and configuration
of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
of an image.  Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
4640 4641
images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
4642 4643

The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
4644
currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification.  The 'filters'
4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650
parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
scanline.  Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS
to turn filtering on and off, respectively.

Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
4651
ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
4652 4653
These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
4654 4655
the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
4656 4657 4658 4659
structures appropriately for all of the filter types.  (Note that this
means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
is called for the first time.)
4660 4661

    filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB
4662
              PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
4663 4664
              PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS;

4665 4666
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
       filters);
4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672
              The second parameter can also be
              PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
              writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
              datastream.  This parameter must be the
              same as the value of filter_method used
              in png_set_IHDR().
4673 4674

It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the
4675 4676 4677
available filters.  This is done in one or both of two ways - by
telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive
rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters.
4678 4679 4680 4681 4682

    double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1},
       costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] =
       {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7};

4683 4684
    png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr,
       PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3,
4685 4686
       weights, costs);

4687 4688 4689 4690
The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the
row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter
is that many times better than the previous filter.  In the above example,
if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a
4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701
"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters
and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times
higher than other filters and still be chosen.  Unspecified weights are
taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining
like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters.

The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost
to be considered when selecting row filters.  This means that filters
with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower
costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller.
The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of
4702
the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image
4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708
size.

Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and
are given only to help explain the function usage.  Little testing has
been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights.

4709
.SS Removing unwanted object code
4710 4711 4712

There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of
libpng are compiled.  All the defines end in _SUPPORTED.  If you are
4713 4714 4715 4716 4717
never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef
before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or
you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with
PNG_NO_.

4718 4719
In libpng-1.5.0 and later, the #define's are in pnglibconf.h instead.

4720
You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities
4721
off en masse with compiler directives that define
4722 4723
PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS,
or all four,
4724
along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do
4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732
want.  The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra
transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading
and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the
PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library
that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks.  If you are
not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off
with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING
capability, which you'll still have).
4733 4734 4735 4736

All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the
linker should only grab the files it needs.  However, if you want to
make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the
4737 4738
reading files start with "pngr" and all the writing files start with "pngw".
The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.)
4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746
are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included.
The progressive reader is in pngpread.c

If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so
or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library,
as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the
library to fail if they call functions not available in your library.
The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only
4747 4748
those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory.

4749
.SS Requesting debug printout
4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771

The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
printout.  Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3.  Higher
numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information.  The
information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.

When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:

   png_debug(level, message)
   png_debug1(level, message, p1)
   png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)

in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
according to printf-style formatting directives.  For example,

   png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo);

is expanded to

4772 4773
   if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
      fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo);
4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780

When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:

   #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
       fprintf(stderr, ...
   #endif
4781

4782 4783 4784
When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
having level = 0 will be printed.  There aren't any such statements in
this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
4785

4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796
.SS Prepending a prefix to exported symbols

Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng (when using the
"configure" script) to prefix all exported symbols by means of the
configuration option "--with-libpng-prefix=FOO_", where FOO_ can be any
string beginning with a letter and containing only uppercase
and lowercase letters, digits, and the underscore (i.e., a C language
identifier).  This creates a set of macros in pnglibconf.h, so this is
transparent to applications; their function calls get transformed by
the macros to use the modified names.

4797
.SH VII.  MNG support
4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804

The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
Libpng can support some of these extensions.  To enable them, use the
png_permit_mng_features() function:

   feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
4805

4806
   mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
4807 4808 4809 4810
        features you want to enable.  These include
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
        PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
4811

4812
   feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
4813 4814 4815
      your mask with the set of MNG features that is
      supported by the version of libpng that you are using.

4816 4817
It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature.  The PNG datastream must be wrapped
4818 4819 4820 4821 4822
in a MNG datastream.  As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
and the MHDR and MEND chunks.  Libpng does not provide support for these
or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
them.  You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
http://www.libmng.com) instead.
4823

4824
.SH VIII.  Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833

It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson.  Guy and Andreas are
still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.

The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
4834
png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
4835
moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use.  These
4836
functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
4837 4838

The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851
via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
the old functions do not.  The functions png_read_destroy() and
png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.

Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
4852
because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
4853 4854
to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero.  It is still possible
to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
4855 4856 4857
png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
method.
4858

4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867
Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
you are using at run-time:

   png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();

The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).

4868 4869 4870
Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
before you've created one.

4871 4872 4873 4874 4875
You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
application:

   png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;

4876
.SH IX.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
4877

4878 4879 4880 4881 4882
Support for user memory management was enabled by default.  To
accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.

4883 4884 4885
Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
version 1.2.41.

4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939
Support for certain MNG features was enabled.

Support for numbered error messages was added.  However, we never got
around to actually numbering the error messages.  The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
builds of libpng-1.2.15.  It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).

The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3.  This issues
a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
acquire the requested memory allocation.

Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
by default.  The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.

The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.

The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
deprecated.

A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
added at libpng-1.2.0:

    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
    PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
    PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS

We added the following functions in support of runtime
selection of assembler code features:

    png_get_mmx_flagmask()
    png_set_mmx_thresholds()
    png_get_asm_flags()
    png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
    png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
    png_set_asm_flags()

We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.

4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957
These macros are deprecated:

    PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED

They have been replaced, respectively, by:

    PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
    PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
    PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971
PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX.  It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.

The function
    png_check_sig(sig, num)
was replaced with
    !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.

The function
    png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
    png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
4972

4973
.SH X.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
4974 4975 4976 4977

Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.

4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985
Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
png_chunk_benign_error() were added.

Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
were added to the library.

4986 4987
We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
4988

4989 4990 4991 4992 4993
We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
input transforms.

Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.

4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006
Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.

Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.

Typecasted NULL definitions such as
   #define png_voidp_NULL            (png_voidp)NULL
were eliminated.  If you used these in your application, just use
NULL instead.

The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.

The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
5007
were removed.
5008 5009 5010

The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.

5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018
The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.

Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.

The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
have been removed.  They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.

5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026
The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
since libpng-1.0.9.  Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.

We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()

5027
We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
5028 5029
png_memset_check() functions.  Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
and memset(), respectively.
5030

5031 5032 5033
The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
5034
expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
5035

5036 5037 5038
Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
functions. Unfortunately,
5039
from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5040 5041
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5042 5043 5044 5045 5046
We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
to
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)

5047 5048
This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().

5049
The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
5050
of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
5051 5052 5053 5054 5055
where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
the process.

5056 5057 5058 5059
We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
png_uint_32.

5060 5061 5062
Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
5063 5064

The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
5065
The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
5066 5067 5068
allocates.  Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
png_free() instead of png_zfree().
5069

5070
Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
5071 5072
it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
The code was not
5073 5074 5075 5076 5077
removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined.  In libpng-1.4.2, this support
was reenabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
reflect more accurately what it actually does.  At the same time,
the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
5078 5079
PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
5080

5081 5082
We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.

5083
.SH XI.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
5084

5085
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5086 5087
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5088
Checking for invalid palette index on read or write was added at libpng
5089
1.5.10.  When an invalid index is found, libpng issues a benign error.
5090 5091 5092
This is enabled by default because this condition is an error according
to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can be ignored in
each png_ptr with
5093 5094 5095 5096

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);

      allowed  - one of
5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105
                 0: disable benign error (accept the
                    invalid data without warning).
                 1: enable benign error (treat the
                    invalid data as an error or a
                    warning).

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
as-is by the encoder.
5106

5107
Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
5108 5109
This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.
5110 5111 5112

   int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);

5113 5114 5115 5116 5117
This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "-1" if
the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found.  Note that this
does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
palette index actually used.
5118

5119 5120 5121
A. Changes that affect users of libpng

There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
5122
the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
5123 5124
members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
5125 5126
libpng 1.5.

5127 5128 5129 5130
We no longer include zlib.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5131 5132
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138
The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
and were removed.

We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
applications.
5139

5140
In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
5141
to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
5142

5143
There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
5144 5145 5146
declare parts of the API.  Some API functions with arguments that are
pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155

Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
during application compilation may require significant revision to
application code.  (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)

Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
features or access internal library structures should compile and work
5156 5157
against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
5158

5159 5160 5161 5162
libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
interlaced images.  The macros return the number of rows and columns in
each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
5163 5164

libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value).  This API calls
5165
the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
5166 5167 5168
initialized, longjmp buffer.  It is provided as a convenience to avoid
the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177

libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API.  By default this is
present along with the corresponding floating point API.  In general the
fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point.  This applies
even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations.  A new
macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183
In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
results.  This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
not necessary to linearize the image.  This is because libpng has *not*
been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210

Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
internal floating point calculations.

Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API.  From 1.5.0
application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:

#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
   /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
#endif

This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
compiled into libpng.  The full set of macros, and whether or not support
has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
This header file is specific to the libpng build.  Notice that prior to
1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
of macro redefinition.

5211
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.  libpng 1.5.0
is consistent with the implementation in 1.4.5 and 1.2.x (where the macro
did not exist.)

Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h.  Notice that this is
only supported from 1.5.0 -defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
5220
will lead to a link failure.
5221

5222
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
5223
when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
5224
In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
5225 5226 5227
We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
use with textual data.

5228
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
5229
option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
5230 5231 5232 5233
This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
chopping.
5234

5235
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
5236 5237 5238 5239
used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
that it could be used to override them.  Now this function will reduce or
increase the limits.
5240

5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254
Starting in libpng-1.5.10, the user limits can be set en masse with the
configuration option PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED.  If this option is enabled,
a set of "safe" limits is applied in pngpriv.h.  These can be overridden by
application calls to png_set_user_limits(), png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(),
and/or png_set_user_malloc_max() that increase or decrease the limits.  Also,
in libpng-1.5.10 the default width and height limits were increased
from 1,000,000 to 0x7ffffff (i.e., made unlimited).  Therefore, the
limits are now
                               default      safe
   png_user_width_max        0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_height_max       0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_chunk_cache_max  0 (unlimited)   128
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000

5255 5256 5257
B. Changes to the build and configuration of libpng

Details of internal changes to the library code can be found in the CHANGES
5258
file and in the GIT repository logs.  These will be of no concern to the vast
5259
majority of library users or builders; however, the few who configure libpng
5260
to a non-default feature set may need to change how this is done.
5261 5262 5263

There should be no need for library builders to alter build scripts if
these use the distributed build support - configure or the makefiles -
5264
however, users of the makefiles may care to update their build scripts
5265 5266 5267 5268
to build pnglibconf.h where the corresponding makefile does not do so.

Building libpng with a non-default configuration has changed completely.
The old method using pngusr.h should still work correctly even though the
5269
way pngusr.h is used in the build has been changed; however, library
5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275
builders will probably want to examine the changes to take advantage of
new capabilities and to simplify their build system.

B.1 Specific changes to library configuration capabilities

The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
5276
thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288
limited or slow support.  Previously gamma correction, an essential part
of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.

As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.

The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
changed.  A single set of operating system independent macro definitions
is used and operating system specific directives are defined in
pnglibconf.h

5289 5290
As part of this the mechanism used to choose procedure call standards on
those systems that allow a choice has been changed.  At present this only
5291
affects certain Microsoft (DOS, Windows) and IBM (OS/2) operating systems
5292
running on Intel processors.  As before, PNGAPI is defined where required
5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298
to control the exported API functions; however, two new macros, PNGCBAPI
and PNGCAPI, are used instead for callback functions (PNGCBAPI) and
(PNGCAPI) for functions that must match a C library prototype (currently
only png_longjmp_ptr, which must match the C longjmp function.)  The new
approach is documented in pngconf.h

5299
Despite these changes, libpng 1.5.0 only supports the native C function
5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307
calling standard on those platforms tested so far (__cdecl on Microsoft
Windows).  This is because the support requirements for alternative
calling conventions seem to no longer exist.  Developers who find it
necessary to set PNG_API_RULE to 1 should advise the mailing list
(png-mng-implement) of this and library builders who use Openwatcom and
therefore set PNG_API_RULE to 2 should also contact the mailing list.

A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
5308
pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331
calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
(in the 'configure' build.)  pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.

Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
configure libpng:

1) All feature macros now have consistent naming:

#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on

pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

if the feature is supported or:

/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/

if it is not.  Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
5332 5333 5334 5335
It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.
5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369

Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:

PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED

And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:

PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.

2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.

3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:

PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs

PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
merely stops the function from being exported.

PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
point implementation or the fixed point one.  Typically the fixed point
implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
5370
on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391
system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
emulation.

4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED.  This allows the
functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)

B.2 Changes to the configuration mechanism

Prior to libpng-1.5.0 library builders who needed to configure libpng
had either to modify the exported pngconf.h header file to add system
specific configuration or had to write feature selection macros into
pngusr.h and cause this to be included into pngconf.h by defining
PNG_USER_CONFIG. The latter mechanism had the disadvantage that an
application built without PNG_USER_CONFIG defined would see the
unmodified, default, libpng API and thus would probably fail to link.

These mechanisms still work in the configure build and in any makefile
5392
build that builds pnglibconf.h, although the feature selection macros
5393 5394
have changed somewhat as described above.  In 1.5.0, however, pngusr.h is
processed only once, when the exported header file pnglibconf.h is built.
5395
pngconf.h no longer includes pngusr.h, therefore pngusr.h is ignored after the
5396 5397 5398
build of pnglibconf.h and it is never included in an application build.

The rarely used alternative of adding a list of feature macros to the
5399
CFLAGS setting in the build also still works; however, the macros will be
5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408
copied to pnglibconf.h and this may produce macro redefinition warnings
when the individual C files are compiled.

All configuration now only works if pnglibconf.h is built from
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  This requires the program awk.  Brian Kernighan
(the original author of awk) maintains C source code of that awk and this
and all known later implementations (often called by subtly different
names - nawk and gawk for example) are adequate to build pnglibconf.h.
The Sun Microsystems (now Oracle) program 'awk' is an earlier version
5409
and does not work; this may also apply to other systems that have a
5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420
functioning awk called 'nawk'.

Configuration options are now documented in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  This
file also includes dependency information that ensures a configuration is
consistent; that is, if a feature is switched off dependent features are
also removed.  As a recommended alternative to using feature macros in
pngusr.h a system builder may also define equivalent options in pngusr.dfa
(or, indeed, any file) and add that to the configuration by setting
DFA_XTRA to the file name.  The makefiles in contrib/pngminim illustrate
how to do this, and a case where pngusr.h is still required.

5421 5422 5423
.SH XII.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x

A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441
example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c).  The new publicly visible API
includes the following:

   macros:
     PNG_FORMAT_*
     PNG_IMAGE_*
   structures:
     png_control
     png_image
   read functions
     png_image_begin_read_from_file()
     png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
     png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
     png_image_finish_read()
     png_image_free()
   write functions
     png_image_write_to_file()
     png_image_write_to_stdio()
5442

5443
Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
5444
symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
5445

5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455
We no longer include string.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications.  Applications that
need access to information in string.h must add an '#include "string.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

The following API are now DEPRECATED:
   png_info_init_3()
   png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
     with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
5456
   png_data_freer()
5457 5458
   png_malloc_default()
   png_free_default()
5459
   png_reset_zstream()
5460

5461
The following have been removed:
5462 5463 5464 5465
   png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
     with png_get_io_chunk_type().  The new
     function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
     a string.
5466 5467 5468
   The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
     png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
     have been removed.  These had already been made invisible to applications
5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482
     (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.

The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
   png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
   png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".

Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format.  Some bad
profiles that were previously accepted are now rejected, in particular the
very old broken Microsoft/HP sRGB profile.

The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
5483
the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.
5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491

There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.

Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.
5492

5493 5494 5495 5496
The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
libpng16 and later of the GIT repository.  They continue to be included
in the tarball releases, however.

5497
.SH XIII.  Detecting libpng
5498 5499 5500 5501

The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros.  It is the
best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
5502 5503 5504
libpng version since 0.88.  In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use

    AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
5505

5506
.SH XV. Source code repository
5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524

Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
control.  The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
going back to version 0.70.  You can access the git repository (read only)
at

    git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng

or you can browse it via "gitweb" at

    http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng

Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
the libpng bug tracker at

    http://libpng.sourceforge.net

5525 5526
We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
5527 5528
SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
mailing list, or directly to glennrp.
5529

5530
.SH XV. Coding style
5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553

Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly
braces on separate lines:

    if (condition)
    {
       action;
    }

    else if (another condition)
    {
       another action;
    }

The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:

    if (condition)
       return (0);

We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
plus four more spaces.

5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562
For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
in the first column.

    #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
    #  ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #    define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #  endif
    #endif

5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568
Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
the statement that follows the comment:

    /* Single-line comment */
    statement;

5569 5570
    /* This is a multiple-line
     * comment.
5571 5572 5573
     */
    statement;

5574
Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582
to which they pertain:

    statement;    /* comment */

We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
code.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
5583
Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
5584 5585 5586
exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:

 /* This is a public function that is visible to
5587
  * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594
  */
 void PNGAPI
 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5595 5596 5597 5598
The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
above the comment that says

    /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607

We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":

 void /* PRIVATE */
 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5608
The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
5609 5610
pngtest) appear in
pngpriv.h
5611 5612
above the comment that says

5613
  /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */
5614

5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625
We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:

  (sizeof (png_uint_32))
  (sizeof array)

Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
though it were a function.

5626
To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
5627
functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
5628
preprocessor macros begin with "PNG".  We request that applications that
5629
use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.
5630 5631

We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
5632
in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
5633 5634 5635
C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
"?".  We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
5636 5637 5638
left parenthesis that follows it:

    for (i = 2; i > 0; --i)
5639
       y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
5640

5641
We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
5642 5643
when there is only one macro being tested.  We always use parentheses
with "defined".
5644

5645 5646 5647
We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format,
with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100).

5648 5649 5650
We prefer to use underscores in variable names rather than camelCase, except
for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.

5651 5652
We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.

5653 5654
Lines do not exceed 80 characters.

5655
Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
5656

5657
.SH XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
5658

5659
February 22, 2013
5660 5661 5662 5663

Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
an official declaration.

5664
This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
5665
upward through 1.6.1beta03 are Y2K compliant.  It is my belief that earlier
5666
versions were also Y2K compliant.
5667

5668 5669 5670
Libpng only has two year fields.  One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
that will hold years up to 65535.  The other, which is deprecated,
holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
5671 5672 5673 5674

The integer is
    "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.

5675 5676 5677
The string is
    "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct.  This is no longer used
in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
5678 5679 5680

There are seven time-related functions:

5681
    png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c
5682
      (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error)
5683 5684
    png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
      in pngwrite.c
5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690
    png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
    png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
    png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
    png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
    png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c

5691
All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment.  The
5692 5693 5694 5695
png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
the full 4-digit year.  There is a possibility that applications using
libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
5696 5697 5698 5699 5700
function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
but this is not under our control.  The libpng documentation has always
stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
documented as such.
5701 5702 5703 5704

The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant.  It uses a 2-byte unsigned
integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.

5705 5706 5707
zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant.  It contains
no date-related code.

5708 5709 5710 5711 5712

   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   libpng maintainer
   PNG Development Group

5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722
.SH NOTE

Note about libpng version numbers:

Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities
and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering
on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward.
The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was
the first widely used release:

5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758
 source             png.h  png.h  shared-lib
 version            string   int  version
 -------            ------  ----- ----------
 0.89c ("beta 3")  0.89       89  1.0.89
 0.90  ("beta 4")  0.90       90  0.90
 0.95  ("beta 5")  0.95       95  0.95
 0.96  ("beta 6")  0.96       96  0.96
 0.97b ("beta 7")  1.00.97    97  1.0.1
 0.97c             0.97       97  2.0.97
 0.98              0.98       98  2.0.98
 0.99              0.99       98  2.0.99
 0.99a-m           0.99       99  2.0.99
 1.00              1.00      100  2.1.0
 1.0.0             1.0.0     100  2.1.0
 1.0.0   (from here on, the  100  2.1.0
 1.0.1    png.h string is  10001  2.1.0
 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002  from here on, the
 1.0.2    source version)  10002  shared library is 2.V
 1.0.2a-b                  10003  where V is the source
 1.0.1                     10001  code version except as
 1.0.1a-e                  10002  2.1.0.1a-e   noted.
 1.0.2                     10002  2.1.0.2
 1.0.2a-b                  10003  2.1.0.2a-b
 1.0.3                     10003  2.1.0.3
 1.0.3a-d                  10004  2.1.0.3a-d
 1.0.4                     10004  2.1.0.4
 1.0.4a-f                  10005  2.1.0.4a-f
 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches)       10005  2.1.0.5
 1.0.5a-d                  10006  2.1.0.5a-d
 1.0.5e-r                  10100  2.1.0.5e-r
 1.0.5s-v                  10006  2.1.0.5s-v
 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches)       10006  2.1.0.6
 1.0.6d-g                  10007  2.1.0.6d-g
 1.0.6h                    10007  10.6h
 1.0.6i                    10007  10.6i
 1.0.6j                    10007  2.1.0.6j
5759
 1.0.7beta11-14    DLLNUM  10007  2.1.0.7beta11-14
5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770
 1.0.7beta15-18       1    10007  2.1.0.7beta15-18
 1.0.7rc1-2           1    10007  2.1.0.7rc1-2
 1.0.7                1    10007  2.1.0.7
 1.0.8beta1-4         1    10008  2.1.0.8beta1-4
 1.0.8rc1             1    10008  2.1.0.8rc1
 1.0.8                1    10008  2.1.0.8
 1.0.9beta1-6         1    10009  2.1.0.9beta1-6
 1.0.9rc1             1    10009  2.1.0.9rc1
 1.0.9beta7-10        1    10009  2.1.0.9beta7-10
 1.0.9rc2             1    10009  2.1.0.9rc2
 1.0.9                1    10009  2.1.0.9
5771
 1.0.10beta1          1    10010  2.1.0.10beta1
5772
 1.0.10rc1            1    10010  2.1.0.10rc1
5773
 1.0.10               1    10010  2.1.0.10
5774
 1.0.11beta1-3        1    10011  2.1.0.11beta1-3
5775
 1.0.11rc1            1    10011  2.1.0.11rc1
5776
 1.0.11               1    10011  2.1.0.11
5777 5778 5779 5780
 1.0.12beta1-2        2    10012  2.1.0.12beta1-2
 1.0.12rc1            2    10012  2.1.0.12rc1
 1.0.12               2    10012  2.1.0.12
 1.1.0a-f             -    10100  2.1.1.0a-f abandoned
5781
 1.2.0beta1-2         2    10200  2.1.2.0beta1-2
5782 5783 5784
 1.2.0beta3-5         3    10200  3.1.2.0beta3-5
 1.2.0rc1             3    10200  3.1.2.0rc1
 1.2.0                3    10200  3.1.2.0
5785
 1.2.1beta-4          3    10201  3.1.2.1beta1-4
5786 5787
 1.2.1rc1-2           3    10201  3.1.2.1rc1-2
 1.2.1                3    10201  3.1.2.1
5788
 1.2.2beta1-6        12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2beta1-6
5789 5790 5791
 1.0.13beta1         10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13beta1
 1.0.13rc1           10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13rc1
 1.2.2rc1            12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2rc1
5792 5793
 1.0.13              10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13
 1.2.2               12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2
5794 5795
 1.2.3rc1-6          12    10203  12.so.0.1.2.3rc1-6
 1.2.3               12    10203  12.so.0.1.2.3
5796
 1.2.4beta1-3        13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4beta1-3
5797
 1.2.4rc1            13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4rc1
5798 5799
 1.0.14              10    10014  10.so.0.1.0.14
 1.2.4               13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4
5800 5801
 1.2.5beta1-2        13    10205  12.so.0.1.2.5beta1-2
 1.0.15rc1           10    10015  10.so.0.1.0.15rc1
5802 5803 5804
 1.0.15              10    10015  10.so.0.1.0.15
 1.2.5               13    10205  12.so.0.1.2.5
 1.2.6beta1-4        13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6beta1-4
5805 5806 5807
 1.2.6rc1-5          13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6rc1-5
 1.0.16              10    10016  10.so.0.1.0.16
 1.2.6               13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6
5808
 1.2.7beta1-2        13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7beta1-2
5809 5810
 1.0.17rc1           10    10017  12.so.0.1.0.17rc1
 1.2.7rc1            13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7rc1
5811 5812
 1.0.17              10    10017  12.so.0.1.0.17
 1.2.7               13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7
5813
 1.2.8beta1-5        13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8beta1-5
5814 5815
 1.0.18rc1-5         10    10018  12.so.0.1.0.18rc1-5
 1.2.8rc1-5          13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8rc1-5
5816 5817
 1.0.18              10    10018  12.so.0.1.0.18
 1.2.8               13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8
5818
 1.2.9beta1-3        13    10209  12.so.0.1.2.9beta1-3
5819
 1.2.9beta4-11       13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
5820
 1.2.9rc1            13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
5821
 1.2.9               13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
5822
 1.2.10beta1-7       13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
5823
 1.2.10rc1-2         13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
5824
 1.2.10              13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
5825
 1.4.0beta1-6        14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
5826
 1.2.11beta1-4       13    10210  12.so.0.11[.0]
5827
 1.4.0beta7-8        14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
5828 5829 5830 5831
 1.2.11              13    10211  12.so.0.11[.0]
 1.2.12              13    10212  12.so.0.12[.0]
 1.4.0beta9-14       14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
 1.2.13              13    10213  12.so.0.13[.0]
5832
 1.4.0beta15-36      14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
5833
 1.4.0beta37-87      14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
5834
 1.4.0rc01           14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
5835
 1.4.0beta88-109     14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
5836
 1.4.0rc02-08        14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
5837
 1.4.0               14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
5838 5839
 1.4.1beta01-03      14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
 1.4.1rc01           14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
5840
 1.4.1beta04-12      14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
5841
 1.4.1               14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
5842 5843
 1.4.2               14    10402  14.so.14.2[.0]
 1.4.3               14    10403  14.so.14.3[.0]
5844
 1.4.4               14    10404  14.so.14.4[.0]
5845
 1.5.0beta01-58      15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
5846
 1.5.0rc01-07        15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
5847
 1.5.0               15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
5848
 1.5.1beta01-11      15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
5849 5850
 1.5.1rc01-02        15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
 1.5.1               15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
5851
 1.5.2beta01-03      15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
5852
 1.5.2rc01-03        15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
5853
 1.5.2               15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
5854
 1.5.3beta01-10      15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
5855
 1.5.3rc01-02        15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
5856 5857
 1.5.3beta11         15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
 1.5.3 [omitted]
5858
 1.5.4beta01-08      15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
5859
 1.5.4rc01           15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
5860
 1.5.4               15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
5861 5862
 1.5.5beta01-08      15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
 1.5.5rc01           15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
5863
 1.5.5               15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
5864
 1.5.6beta01-07      15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
5865 5866
 1.5.6rc01-03        15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
 1.5.6               15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
5867
 1.5.7beta01-05      15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
5868 5869
 1.5.7rc01-03        15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
 1.5.7               15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
5870
 1.6.0beta01-40      16    10600  16.so.16.0[.0]
5871 5872
 1.6.0rc01-08        16    10600  16.so.16.0[.0]
 1.6.0               16    10600  16.so.16.0[.0]
5873
 1.6.1beta01-03      16    10601  16.so.16.1[.0]
5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880

Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor
and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be
used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended.  The
PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available
for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding
to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z).  Beta versions
5881 5882 5883
were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until
version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public
release number plus "betaNN" or "rcN".
5884

5885
.SH "SEE ALSO"
5886
.BR "png"(5), " libpngpf"(3), " zlib"(3), " deflate"(5), " " and " zlib"(5)
5887

5888
.LP
5889 5890
.IR libpng :
.IP
5891
http://libpng.sourceforge.net (follow the [DOWNLOAD] link)
5892
http://www.libpng.org/pub/png
5893

5894
.LP
5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900
.IR zlib :
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
5901
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
5902

5903 5904
.LP
.IR PNG specification: RFC 2083
5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc2083.txt
.br
or (as a W3C Recommendation) at
.br
http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png.html
5915

5916
.LP
5917 5918 5919
In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification
and this library, the specification takes precedence.

5920
.SH AUTHORS
5921
This man page: Glenn Randers-Pehrson
5922
<glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928

The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped
with testing, bug fixes, and patience.  This wouldn't have been
possible without all of you.

Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation.
5929

5930
Libpng version 1.6.1beta03 - February 22, 2013:
5931
Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc.
5932
Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net).
5933

5934 5935
Supported by the PNG development group
.br
5936 5937
png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
5938
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
5939 5940
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe).
5941

5942
.SH COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
5943

5944 5945 5946 5947
(This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience.  In case of
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.)

5948 5949
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
5950

5951
This code is released under the libpng license.
5952

5953
libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.6.1beta03, February 22, 2013, are
5954
Copyright (c) 2004,2006-2007 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
5955
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5
5956
with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors
5957 5958 5959 5960

   Cosmin Truta

libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are
5961
Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
5962
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6
5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors

   Simon-Pierre Cadieux
   Eric S. Raymond
   Gilles Vollant

and with the following additions to the disclaimer:

5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977
   There is no warranty against interference with your
   enjoyment of the library or against infringement.
   There is no warranty that our efforts or the library
   will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs.
   This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
   risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and
   effort is with the user.
5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991

libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:

   Tom Lane
   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   Willem van Schaik

libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997

   John Bowler
   Kevin Bracey
   Sam Bushell
   Magnus Holmgren
   Greg Roelofs
5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007
   Tom Tanner

libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.

For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:

   Andreas Dilger
   Dave Martindale
6008 6009 6010
   Guy Eric Schalnat
   Paul Schmidt
   Tim Wegner
6011

6012 6013
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS".  The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
6014 6015 6016 6017 6018
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose.  The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
6019

6020 6021 6022 6023
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:

6024
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
6025

6026 6027
2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and
   must not be misrepresented as being the original source.
6028

6029 6030
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from
   any source or altered source distribution.
6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037

The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products.  If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.

6038

6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:

   printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL));

Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
6045
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
6046

6047
Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software.  OSI Certified Open Source is a
6048 6049
certification mark of the Open Source Initiative.

6050
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6051
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
6052
February 22, 2013
6053

6054 6055
.\" end of man page